1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 */ 620 struct Pager { 621 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 622 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 623 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 624 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 625 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 626 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 627 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 628 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 629 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 630 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 631 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 632 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 633 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 634 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 635 636 /************************************************************************** 637 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 638 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 639 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 640 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 641 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 642 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 643 ** "configuration" of the pager. 644 */ 645 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 646 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 647 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 648 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 649 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 650 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 651 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 652 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 653 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 654 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 655 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 656 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 657 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 658 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 659 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 660 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 661 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 662 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 663 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 664 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 665 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 666 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 667 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 668 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 669 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 670 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 671 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 672 673 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 674 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 675 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 676 /* 677 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 678 ***************************************************************************/ 679 680 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 681 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 682 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 683 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 684 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 685 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 686 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 687 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 688 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 689 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 690 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 691 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 693 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 694 #endif 695 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 696 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 698 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 699 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 700 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 701 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 702 #endif 703 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 704 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 706 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 707 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 708 #endif 709 }; 710 711 /* 712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 715 */ 716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 719 720 /* 721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 722 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 723 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 724 */ 725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 729 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 730 #else 731 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 732 #endif 733 734 735 736 /* 737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 738 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 739 ** 740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 741 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 743 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 746 ** journal and ignore it. 747 ** 748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 752 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 756 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 758 */ 759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 760 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 761 }; 762 763 /* 764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 765 ** the following macro. 766 */ 767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 768 769 /* 770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 772 */ 773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 774 775 /* 776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 779 ** out code that would never execute. 780 */ 781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 782 # define MEMDB 0 783 #else 784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 785 #endif 786 787 /* 788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 790 */ 791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 793 #else 794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 795 #endif 796 797 /* 798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 799 */ 800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 801 802 /* 803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 805 ** 806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 807 ** 808 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 809 ** 810 ** instead of 811 ** 812 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 813 */ 814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 815 816 /* 817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno. 818 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database. 819 */ 820 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ) 821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 822 u32 iRead = 0; 823 int rc; 824 if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0; 825 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 826 return rc || iRead; 827 } 828 #endif 829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 831 #else 832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 837 #endif 838 839 #ifndef NDEBUG 840 /* 841 ** Usage: 842 ** 843 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 844 ** 845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 846 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 847 */ 848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 849 Pager *pPager = p; 850 851 /* State must be valid. */ 852 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 853 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 854 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 855 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 856 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 857 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 858 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 859 ); 860 861 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 862 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 863 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 864 */ 865 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 866 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 867 868 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 869 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 870 */ 871 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 872 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 873 874 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 875 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 876 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 877 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 878 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 879 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 880 ** state. 881 */ 882 if( MEMDB ){ 883 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 884 assert( p->noSync ); 885 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 886 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 887 ); 888 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 889 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 890 } 891 892 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 893 ** on the file. 894 */ 895 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 896 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 897 898 switch( p->eState ){ 899 case PAGER_OPEN: 900 assert( !MEMDB ); 901 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 902 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 903 break; 904 905 case PAGER_READER: 906 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 907 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 908 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 909 break; 910 911 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 912 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 913 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 914 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 915 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 916 } 917 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 918 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 919 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 920 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 921 break; 922 923 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 924 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 925 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 926 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 927 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 928 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 929 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 930 ** to journal_mode=wal. 931 */ 932 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 933 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 934 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 935 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 936 ); 937 } 938 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 939 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 940 break; 941 942 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 943 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 944 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 945 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 946 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 947 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 948 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 949 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 950 ); 951 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 952 break; 953 954 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 955 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 956 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 957 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 958 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 959 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 961 ); 962 break; 963 964 case PAGER_ERROR: 965 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 966 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 967 ** back to OPEN state. 968 */ 969 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 970 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 971 break; 972 } 973 974 return 1; 975 } 976 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 977 978 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 979 /* 980 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 981 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 982 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 983 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 984 ** 985 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 986 */ 987 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 988 static char zRet[1024]; 989 990 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 991 "Filename: %s\n" 992 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 993 "Lock: %s\n" 994 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 995 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 996 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 997 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 998 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 999 , p->zFilename 1000 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1001 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1002 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1003 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1004 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1005 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1006 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1007 , (int)p->errCode 1008 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1009 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1010 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1011 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1012 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1013 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1014 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1015 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1016 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1017 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1018 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1019 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1020 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1021 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1022 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1023 ); 1024 1025 return zRet; 1026 } 1027 #endif 1028 1029 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1030 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1031 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1032 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1033 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1034 #endif 1035 1036 /* 1037 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1038 ** content from the pager. 1039 */ 1040 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1041 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1042 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1043 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1044 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1045 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1046 && pPager->xCodec==0 1047 #endif 1048 ){ 1049 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1050 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1051 }else{ 1052 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1053 } 1054 } 1055 1056 /* 1057 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1058 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1059 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1060 ** 1061 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1062 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1063 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1064 */ 1065 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1066 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1067 PagerSavepoint *p; 1068 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1069 int i; 1070 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1071 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1072 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1073 return 1; 1074 } 1075 } 1076 return 0; 1077 } 1078 1079 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1080 /* 1081 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1082 */ 1083 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1084 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1085 } 1086 #endif 1087 1088 /* 1089 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1090 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1091 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1092 ** 1093 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1094 */ 1095 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1096 unsigned char ac[4]; 1097 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1098 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1099 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1100 } 1101 return rc; 1102 } 1103 1104 /* 1105 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1106 */ 1107 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1108 1109 1110 /* 1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1112 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1113 */ 1114 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1115 char ac[4]; 1116 put32bits(ac, val); 1117 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1118 } 1119 1120 /* 1121 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1122 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1123 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1124 ** 1125 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1126 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1127 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1128 */ 1129 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1130 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1131 1132 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1133 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1134 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1135 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1136 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1137 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1138 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1139 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1140 } 1141 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1142 } 1143 return rc; 1144 } 1145 1146 /* 1147 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1148 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1149 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1150 ** 1151 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1152 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1153 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1154 ** of this. 1155 */ 1156 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1157 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1158 1159 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1160 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1161 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1162 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1163 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1164 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1165 } 1166 } 1167 return rc; 1168 } 1169 1170 /* 1171 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1172 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1173 ** 1174 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1175 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1176 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1177 ** to the page size. 1178 ** 1179 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1180 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1181 ** database. 1182 ** 1183 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1184 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1185 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1186 */ 1187 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1188 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1189 assert( !MEMDB ); 1190 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1191 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1192 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1193 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1194 1195 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1196 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1197 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1198 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1199 1200 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1201 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1202 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1203 return 0; 1204 } 1205 } 1206 1207 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1208 } 1209 #else 1210 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0 1211 #endif 1212 1213 /* 1214 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1215 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1216 ** and debugging only. 1217 */ 1218 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1219 /* 1220 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1221 */ 1222 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1223 u32 hash = 0; 1224 int i; 1225 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1226 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1227 } 1228 return hash; 1229 } 1230 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1231 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1232 } 1233 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1234 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1235 } 1236 1237 /* 1238 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1239 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1240 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1241 */ 1242 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1243 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1244 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1245 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1246 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1247 } 1248 1249 #else 1250 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1251 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1252 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1253 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1254 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1255 1256 /* 1257 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1258 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1259 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1260 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1261 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1262 ** 1263 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1264 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1265 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1266 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1267 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1268 ** were present in the journal. 1269 ** 1270 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1271 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1272 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1273 ** journal file name. 1274 ** 1275 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1276 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1277 ** 1278 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1279 ** error code is returned. 1280 */ 1281 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1282 int rc; /* Return code */ 1283 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1284 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1285 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1286 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1287 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1288 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1289 1290 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1291 || szJ<16 1292 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1293 || len>=nMaster 1294 || len==0 1295 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1296 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1297 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1298 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1299 ){ 1300 return rc; 1301 } 1302 1303 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1304 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1305 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1306 } 1307 if( cksum ){ 1308 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1309 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1310 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1311 ** master-journal filename. 1312 */ 1313 len = 0; 1314 } 1315 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1316 1317 return SQLITE_OK; 1318 } 1319 1320 /* 1321 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1322 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1323 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1324 ** 1325 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1326 ** 1327 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1328 ** --------------------------------------- 1329 ** 0 0 1330 ** 512 512 1331 ** 100 512 1332 ** 2000 2048 1333 ** 1334 */ 1335 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1336 i64 offset = 0; 1337 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1338 if( c ){ 1339 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1340 } 1341 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1342 assert( offset>=c ); 1343 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1344 return offset; 1345 } 1346 1347 /* 1348 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1349 ** 1350 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1351 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1352 ** 1353 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1354 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1355 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1356 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1357 ** after writing or truncating it. 1358 ** 1359 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1360 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1361 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1362 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1363 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1364 ** 1365 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1366 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1367 */ 1368 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1369 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1370 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1371 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1372 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1373 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1374 1375 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1376 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1377 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1378 }else{ 1379 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1380 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1381 } 1382 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1383 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1384 } 1385 1386 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1387 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1388 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1389 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1390 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1391 */ 1392 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1393 i64 sz; 1394 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1395 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1396 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1397 } 1398 } 1399 } 1400 return rc; 1401 } 1402 1403 /* 1404 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1405 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1406 ** current location. 1407 ** 1408 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1409 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1410 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1411 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1412 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1413 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1414 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1415 ** 1416 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1417 */ 1418 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1419 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1420 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1421 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1422 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1423 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1424 1425 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1426 1427 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1428 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1429 } 1430 1431 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1432 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1433 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1434 */ 1435 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1436 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1437 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1438 } 1439 } 1440 1441 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1442 1443 /* 1444 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1445 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1446 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1447 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1448 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1449 ** 1450 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1451 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1452 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1453 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1454 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1455 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1456 ** 1457 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1458 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1459 ** 1460 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1461 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1462 */ 1463 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1464 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1465 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1466 ){ 1467 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1468 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1469 }else{ 1470 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1471 } 1472 1473 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1474 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1475 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1476 /* The initial database size */ 1477 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1478 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1479 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1480 1481 /* The page size */ 1482 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1483 1484 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1485 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1486 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1487 ** take the performance hit. 1488 */ 1489 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1490 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1491 1492 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1493 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1494 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1495 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1496 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1497 ** 1498 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1499 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1500 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1501 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1502 ** is done. 1503 ** 1504 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1505 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1506 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1507 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1508 */ 1509 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1510 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1511 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1512 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1513 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1514 } 1515 1516 return rc; 1517 } 1518 1519 /* 1520 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1521 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1522 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1523 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1524 ** a description of the journal header format. 1525 ** 1526 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1527 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1528 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1529 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1530 ** in this case. 1531 ** 1532 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1533 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1534 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1535 */ 1536 static int readJournalHdr( 1537 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1538 int isHot, 1539 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1540 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1541 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1542 ){ 1543 int rc; /* Return code */ 1544 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1545 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1546 1547 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1548 1549 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1550 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1551 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1552 */ 1553 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1554 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1555 return SQLITE_DONE; 1556 } 1557 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1558 1559 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1560 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1561 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1562 ** proceed. 1563 */ 1564 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1565 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1566 if( rc ){ 1567 return rc; 1568 } 1569 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1570 return SQLITE_DONE; 1571 } 1572 } 1573 1574 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1575 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1576 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1577 */ 1578 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1579 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1580 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1581 ){ 1582 return rc; 1583 } 1584 1585 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1586 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1587 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1588 1589 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1590 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1591 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1592 ){ 1593 return rc; 1594 } 1595 1596 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1597 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1598 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1599 */ 1600 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1601 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1602 } 1603 1604 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1605 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1606 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1607 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1608 */ 1609 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1610 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1611 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1612 ){ 1613 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1614 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1615 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1616 ** the journal file here. 1617 */ 1618 return SQLITE_DONE; 1619 } 1620 1621 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1622 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1623 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1624 */ 1625 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1626 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1627 1628 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1629 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1630 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1631 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1632 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1633 */ 1634 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1635 } 1636 1637 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1638 return rc; 1639 } 1640 1641 1642 /* 1643 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1644 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1645 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1646 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1647 ** anything is written. The format is: 1648 ** 1649 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1650 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1651 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1652 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1653 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1654 ** 1655 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1656 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1657 ** 1658 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1659 ** this call is a no-op. 1660 */ 1661 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1662 int rc; /* Return code */ 1663 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1664 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1665 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1666 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1667 1668 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1669 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1670 1671 if( !zMaster 1672 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1673 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1674 ){ 1675 return SQLITE_OK; 1676 } 1677 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1678 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1679 1680 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1681 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1682 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1683 } 1684 1685 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1686 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1687 ** the journal has already been synced. 1688 */ 1689 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1690 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1691 } 1692 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1693 1694 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1695 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1696 */ 1697 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1698 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1699 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1700 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1701 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1702 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1703 ){ 1704 return rc; 1705 } 1706 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1707 1708 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1709 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1710 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1711 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1712 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1713 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1714 ** 1715 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1716 ** file to the required size. 1717 */ 1718 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1719 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1720 ){ 1721 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1722 } 1723 return rc; 1724 } 1725 1726 /* 1727 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1728 */ 1729 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1730 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1731 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1732 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1733 } 1734 1735 /* 1736 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1737 */ 1738 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1739 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1740 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1741 } 1742 1743 /* 1744 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1745 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1746 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1747 */ 1748 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1749 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1750 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1751 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1752 } 1753 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1754 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1755 } 1756 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1757 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1758 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1759 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1760 } 1761 1762 /* 1763 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1764 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1765 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1766 */ 1767 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1768 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1769 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1770 1771 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1772 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1773 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1774 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1775 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1776 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1777 } 1778 } 1779 return rc; 1780 } 1781 1782 /* 1783 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1784 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1785 ** state. 1786 ** 1787 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1788 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1789 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1790 ** closed (if it is open). 1791 ** 1792 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1793 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1794 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1795 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1796 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1797 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1798 */ 1799 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1800 1801 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1802 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1803 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1804 ); 1805 1806 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1807 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1808 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1809 1810 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1811 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1812 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1813 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1814 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1815 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1816 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1817 1818 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1819 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1820 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1821 ** out from under us. 1822 */ 1823 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1824 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1825 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1826 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1827 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1828 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1829 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1830 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1831 ){ 1832 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1833 } 1834 1835 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1836 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1837 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1838 ** is necessary. 1839 */ 1840 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1841 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1842 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1843 } 1844 1845 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1846 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1847 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1848 */ 1849 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1850 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1851 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1852 } 1853 1854 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1855 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1856 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1857 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1858 */ 1859 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1860 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1861 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1862 pager_reset(pPager); 1863 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1864 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1865 }else{ 1866 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1867 } 1868 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1869 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1870 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1871 } 1872 1873 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1874 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1875 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1876 } 1877 1878 /* 1879 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1880 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1881 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1882 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1883 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1884 ** 1885 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1886 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1887 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1888 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1889 ** 1890 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1891 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1892 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1893 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1894 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1895 ** it were a hot-journal). 1896 */ 1897 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1898 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1899 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1900 assert( 1901 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1902 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1903 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1904 ); 1905 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1906 pPager->errCode = rc; 1907 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1908 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1909 } 1910 return rc; 1911 } 1912 1913 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1914 1915 /* 1916 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1917 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1918 ** 1919 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1920 ** 1921 ** Rules: 1922 ** 1923 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1924 ** for transactions to be durable. 1925 ** 1926 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1927 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1928 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1929 ** cache size. 1930 */ 1931 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1932 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1933 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1934 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1935 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1936 } 1937 1938 /* 1939 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1940 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1941 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1942 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1943 ** database transaction. 1944 ** 1945 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1946 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1947 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1948 ** 1949 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1950 ** 1951 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1952 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1953 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1954 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1955 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1956 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1957 ** 1958 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1959 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1960 ** in-memory journal. 1961 ** 1962 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1963 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1964 ** 1965 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1966 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1967 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1968 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1969 ** 1970 ** journalMode==DELETE 1971 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1972 ** 1973 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1974 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1975 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1976 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1977 ** 1978 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1979 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1980 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1981 ** 1982 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1983 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1984 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1985 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1986 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1987 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1988 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1989 ** returned. 1990 */ 1991 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1992 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1993 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1994 1995 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1996 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1997 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1998 ** held under two circumstances: 1999 ** 2000 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2001 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2002 ** 2003 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2004 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2005 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2006 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2007 */ 2008 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2009 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2010 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2011 return SQLITE_OK; 2012 } 2013 2014 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2015 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 2016 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2017 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2018 2019 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2020 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2021 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2022 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2023 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2024 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2025 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2026 }else{ 2027 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2028 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2029 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2030 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2031 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2032 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2033 */ 2034 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2035 } 2036 } 2037 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2038 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2039 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2040 ){ 2041 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2042 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2043 }else{ 2044 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2045 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2046 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2047 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2048 */ 2049 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2050 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2051 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2052 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2053 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2054 ); 2055 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2056 if( bDelete ){ 2057 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2058 } 2059 } 2060 } 2061 2062 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2063 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2064 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2065 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2066 if( p ){ 2067 p->pageHash = 0; 2068 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2069 } 2070 } 2071 #endif 2072 2073 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2074 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2075 pPager->nRec = 0; 2076 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2077 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2078 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2079 }else{ 2080 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2081 } 2082 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2083 } 2084 2085 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2086 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2087 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2088 ** lock held on the database file. 2089 */ 2090 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2091 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2092 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2093 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2094 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2095 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2096 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2097 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2098 ** required size. */ 2099 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2100 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2101 } 2102 2103 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2104 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2105 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2106 } 2107 2108 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2109 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2110 ){ 2111 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2112 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2113 } 2114 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2115 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2116 2117 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2118 } 2119 2120 /* 2121 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2122 ** database file. 2123 ** 2124 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2125 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2126 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2127 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2128 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2129 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2130 ** will roll it back. 2131 ** 2132 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2133 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2134 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2135 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2136 */ 2137 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2138 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2139 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2140 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2141 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2142 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2143 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2144 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2145 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2146 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2147 } 2148 } 2149 pager_unlock(pPager); 2150 } 2151 2152 /* 2153 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2154 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2155 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2156 ** 2157 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2158 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2159 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2160 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2161 ** 2162 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2163 ** incompatible journal file format. 2164 ** 2165 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2166 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2167 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2168 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2169 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2170 */ 2171 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2172 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2173 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2174 while( i>0 ){ 2175 cksum += aData[i]; 2176 i -= 200; 2177 } 2178 return cksum; 2179 } 2180 2181 /* 2182 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2183 ** to the codec. 2184 */ 2185 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2186 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2187 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2188 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2189 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2190 } 2191 } 2192 #else 2193 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2194 #endif 2195 2196 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2197 /* 2198 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2199 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2200 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2201 */ 2202 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2203 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2204 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2205 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 #endif 2209 2210 /* 2211 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2212 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2213 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2214 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2215 ** 2216 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2217 ** not. 2218 ** 2219 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2220 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2221 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2222 ** 2223 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2224 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2225 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2226 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2227 ** prior to returning. 2228 ** 2229 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2230 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2231 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2232 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2233 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2234 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2235 ** two circumstances: 2236 ** 2237 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2238 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2239 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2240 ** 2241 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2242 ** 2243 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2244 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2245 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2246 */ 2247 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2248 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2249 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2250 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2251 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2252 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2253 ){ 2254 int rc; 2255 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2256 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2257 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2258 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2259 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2260 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2261 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2262 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through 2263 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ 2264 const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); 2265 #endif 2266 2267 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2268 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2269 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2270 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2271 2272 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2273 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2274 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2275 2276 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2277 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2278 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2279 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2280 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2281 */ 2282 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2283 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2284 ); 2285 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2286 2287 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2288 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2289 */ 2290 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2291 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2292 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2293 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2294 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2295 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2296 2297 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2298 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2299 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2300 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2301 */ 2302 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2303 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2304 return SQLITE_DONE; 2305 } 2306 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2307 return SQLITE_OK; 2308 } 2309 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2310 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2311 if( rc ) return rc; 2312 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2313 return SQLITE_DONE; 2314 } 2315 } 2316 2317 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2318 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2319 */ 2320 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2321 return rc; 2322 } 2323 2324 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2325 */ 2326 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2327 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2328 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2329 } 2330 2331 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2332 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2333 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2334 ** 2335 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2336 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2337 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2338 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2339 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2340 ** assert()able. 2341 ** 2342 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2343 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2344 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2345 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2346 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2347 ** 2348 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2349 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2350 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2351 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2352 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2353 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2354 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2355 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2356 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2357 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2358 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2359 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2360 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2361 ** 2362 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2363 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2364 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2365 */ 2366 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2367 pPg = 0; 2368 }else{ 2369 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2370 } 2371 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2372 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2373 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2374 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2375 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2376 )); 2377 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2378 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2379 }else{ 2380 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2381 } 2382 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2383 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2384 && isSynced 2385 ){ 2386 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2387 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2388 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2389 2390 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2391 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2392 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2393 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2394 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2395 ** file. */ 2396 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2397 if( !jrnlEnc ){ 2398 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2399 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2400 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2401 }else 2402 #endif 2403 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2404 2405 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2406 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2407 } 2408 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2409 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2410 if( jrnlEnc ){ 2411 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2412 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2413 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); 2414 }else 2415 #endif 2416 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2417 } 2418 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2419 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2420 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2421 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2422 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2423 ** current. 2424 ** 2425 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2426 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2427 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2428 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2429 ** 2430 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2431 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2432 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2433 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2434 */ 2435 assert( isSavepnt ); 2436 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2437 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2438 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2439 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2440 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2441 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2442 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2443 } 2444 if( pPg ){ 2445 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2446 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2447 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2448 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2449 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2450 */ 2451 void *pData; 2452 pData = pPg->pData; 2453 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2454 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2455 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2456 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2457 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2458 ** has been removed. */ 2459 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2460 2461 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2462 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2463 if( pgno==1 ){ 2464 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2465 } 2466 2467 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2468 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2469 if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } 2470 #endif 2471 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2472 } 2473 return rc; 2474 } 2475 2476 /* 2477 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2478 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2479 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2480 ** and does so if it is. 2481 ** 2482 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2483 ** available for use within this function. 2484 ** 2485 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2486 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2487 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2488 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2489 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2490 ** 2491 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2492 ** 2493 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2494 ** journals have been rolled back. 2495 ** 2496 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2497 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2498 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2499 ** 2500 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2501 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2502 ** file zMaster 2503 ** 2504 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2505 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2506 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2507 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2508 ** 2509 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2510 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2511 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2512 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2513 ** 2514 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2515 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2516 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2517 ** size. 2518 */ 2519 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2520 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2521 int rc; /* Return code */ 2522 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2523 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2524 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2525 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2526 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2527 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2528 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2529 2530 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2531 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2532 */ 2533 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2534 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2535 if( !pMaster ){ 2536 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2537 }else{ 2538 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2539 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2540 } 2541 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2542 2543 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2544 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2545 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2546 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2547 */ 2548 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2549 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2550 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2551 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2552 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2553 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2554 goto delmaster_out; 2555 } 2556 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2557 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2558 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2559 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2560 2561 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2562 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2563 int exists; 2564 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2565 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2566 goto delmaster_out; 2567 } 2568 if( exists ){ 2569 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2570 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2571 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2572 */ 2573 int c; 2574 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2575 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2576 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2577 goto delmaster_out; 2578 } 2579 2580 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2581 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2582 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2583 goto delmaster_out; 2584 } 2585 2586 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2587 if( c ){ 2588 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2589 goto delmaster_out; 2590 } 2591 } 2592 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2593 } 2594 2595 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2596 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2597 2598 delmaster_out: 2599 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2600 if( pMaster ){ 2601 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2602 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2603 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2604 } 2605 return rc; 2606 } 2607 2608 2609 /* 2610 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2611 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2612 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2613 ** 2614 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2615 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2616 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2617 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2618 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2619 ** 2620 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2621 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2622 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2623 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2624 ** the end of the new file instead. 2625 ** 2626 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2627 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2628 */ 2629 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2630 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2631 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2632 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2633 2634 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2635 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2636 ){ 2637 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2638 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2639 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2640 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2641 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2642 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2643 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2644 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2645 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2646 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2647 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2648 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2649 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2650 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2651 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2652 } 2653 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2654 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2655 } 2656 } 2657 } 2658 return rc; 2659 } 2660 2661 /* 2662 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2663 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2664 */ 2665 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2666 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2667 if( iRet<32 ){ 2668 iRet = 512; 2669 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2670 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2671 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2672 } 2673 return iRet; 2674 } 2675 2676 /* 2677 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2678 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2679 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2680 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2681 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2682 ** 2683 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2684 ** 2685 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2686 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2687 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2688 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2689 ** 2690 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2691 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2692 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2693 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2694 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2695 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2696 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2697 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2698 */ 2699 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2700 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2701 2702 if( pPager->tempFile 2703 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2704 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2705 ){ 2706 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2707 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2708 ** call will segfault. */ 2709 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2710 }else{ 2711 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2712 } 2713 } 2714 2715 /* 2716 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2717 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2718 ** 2719 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2720 ** 2721 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2722 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2723 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2724 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2725 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2726 ** sanity checksum. 2727 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2728 ** database to during a rollback. 2729 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2730 ** is this many bytes in size. 2731 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2732 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2733 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2734 ** + 4 byte page number. 2735 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2736 ** + 4 byte checksum 2737 ** 2738 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2739 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2740 ** 2741 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2742 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2743 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2744 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2745 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2746 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2747 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2748 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2749 ** 2750 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2751 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2752 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2753 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2754 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2755 ** 2756 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2757 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2758 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2759 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2760 ** been encountered. 2761 ** 2762 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2763 ** and an error code is returned. 2764 ** 2765 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2766 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2767 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2768 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2769 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2770 ** needed. 2771 */ 2772 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2773 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2774 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2775 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2776 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2777 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2778 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2779 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2780 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2781 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2782 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2783 2784 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2785 ** the journal is empty. 2786 */ 2787 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2788 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2789 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2790 goto end_playback; 2791 } 2792 2793 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2794 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2795 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2796 ** played back. 2797 ** 2798 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2799 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2800 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2801 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2802 ** for pageSize. 2803 */ 2804 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2805 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2806 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2807 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2808 } 2809 zMaster = 0; 2810 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2811 goto end_playback; 2812 } 2813 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2814 needPagerReset = isHot; 2815 2816 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2817 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2818 ** occurs. 2819 */ 2820 while( 1 ){ 2821 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2822 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2823 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2824 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2825 */ 2826 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2827 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2828 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2829 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2830 } 2831 goto end_playback; 2832 } 2833 2834 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2835 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2836 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2837 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2838 */ 2839 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2840 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2841 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2842 } 2843 2844 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2845 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2846 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2847 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2848 ** size of the file. 2849 ** 2850 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2851 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2852 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2853 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2854 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2855 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2856 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2857 */ 2858 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2859 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2860 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2861 } 2862 2863 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2864 ** database file back to its original size. 2865 */ 2866 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2867 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2868 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2869 goto end_playback; 2870 } 2871 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2872 } 2873 2874 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2875 ** database file and/or page cache. 2876 */ 2877 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2878 if( needPagerReset ){ 2879 pager_reset(pPager); 2880 needPagerReset = 0; 2881 } 2882 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2883 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2884 nPlayback++; 2885 }else{ 2886 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2887 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2888 break; 2889 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2890 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2891 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2892 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2893 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2894 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2895 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2896 goto end_playback; 2897 }else{ 2898 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2899 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2900 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2901 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2902 */ 2903 goto end_playback; 2904 } 2905 } 2906 } 2907 } 2908 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2909 assert( 0 ); 2910 2911 end_playback: 2912 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2913 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2914 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2915 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2916 */ 2917 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2918 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2919 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2920 } 2921 #endif 2922 2923 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2924 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2925 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2926 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2927 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2928 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2929 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2930 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2931 */ 2932 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2933 2934 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2935 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2936 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2937 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2938 } 2939 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2940 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2941 ){ 2942 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2943 } 2944 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2945 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2946 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2947 } 2948 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2949 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2950 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2951 */ 2952 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2953 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2954 } 2955 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2956 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2957 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2958 } 2959 2960 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2961 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2962 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2963 */ 2964 setSectorSize(pPager); 2965 return rc; 2966 } 2967 2968 2969 /* 2970 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2971 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2972 ** file before this function is called. 2973 ** 2974 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2975 ** the value read from the database file. 2976 ** 2977 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2978 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2979 */ 2980 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2981 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2982 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2983 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2984 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2985 2986 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2987 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2988 2989 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2990 if( iFrame ){ 2991 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2992 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2993 }else 2994 #endif 2995 { 2996 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2997 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2998 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2999 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3000 } 3001 } 3002 3003 if( pgno==1 ){ 3004 if( rc ){ 3005 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 3006 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 3007 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 3008 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 3009 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 3010 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 3011 ** 3012 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 3013 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3014 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3015 ** we should still be ok. 3016 */ 3017 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3018 }else{ 3019 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3020 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3021 } 3022 } 3023 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 3024 3025 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3026 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3027 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 3028 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3029 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3030 3031 return rc; 3032 } 3033 3034 /* 3035 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3036 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3037 ** 3038 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3039 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3040 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3041 */ 3042 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3043 u32 change_counter; 3044 3045 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3046 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3047 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3048 3049 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3050 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3051 ** is valid. */ 3052 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3053 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3054 } 3055 3056 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3057 /* 3058 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3059 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3060 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3061 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3062 ** 3063 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3064 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3065 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3066 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3067 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3068 */ 3069 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3070 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3071 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3072 PgHdr *pPg; 3073 3074 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3075 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3076 if( pPg ){ 3077 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3078 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3079 }else{ 3080 u32 iFrame = 0; 3081 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3082 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3083 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3084 } 3085 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3086 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3087 } 3088 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3089 } 3090 } 3091 3092 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3093 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3094 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3095 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3096 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3097 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3098 ** the backups must be restarted. 3099 */ 3100 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3101 3102 return rc; 3103 } 3104 3105 /* 3106 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3107 */ 3108 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3109 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3110 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3111 3112 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3113 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3114 ** following: 3115 ** 3116 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3117 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3118 */ 3119 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3120 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3121 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3122 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3123 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3124 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3125 pList = pNext; 3126 } 3127 3128 return rc; 3129 } 3130 3131 /* 3132 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3133 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3134 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3135 ** changed. 3136 ** 3137 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3138 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3139 */ 3140 static int pagerWalFrames( 3141 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3142 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3143 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3144 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3145 ){ 3146 int rc; /* Return code */ 3147 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3148 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3149 3150 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3151 assert( pList ); 3152 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3153 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3154 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3155 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3156 } 3157 #endif 3158 3159 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3160 if( isCommit ){ 3161 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3162 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3163 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3164 ** list here. */ 3165 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3166 nList = 0; 3167 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3168 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3169 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3170 nList++; 3171 } 3172 } 3173 assert( pList ); 3174 }else{ 3175 nList = 1; 3176 } 3177 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3178 3179 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3180 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3181 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3182 ); 3183 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3184 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3185 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3186 } 3187 } 3188 3189 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3190 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3191 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3192 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3193 } 3194 #endif 3195 3196 return rc; 3197 } 3198 3199 /* 3200 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3201 ** 3202 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3203 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3204 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3205 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3206 */ 3207 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3208 int rc; /* Return code */ 3209 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3210 3211 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3212 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3213 3214 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3215 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3216 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3217 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3218 */ 3219 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3220 3221 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3222 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3223 pager_reset(pPager); 3224 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3225 } 3226 3227 return rc; 3228 } 3229 #endif 3230 3231 /* 3232 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3233 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3234 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3235 ** 3236 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3237 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3238 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3239 */ 3240 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3241 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3242 3243 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3244 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3245 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3246 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3247 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3248 */ 3249 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3250 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3251 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3252 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3253 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3254 3255 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3256 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3257 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3258 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3259 */ 3260 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3261 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3262 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3263 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3264 return rc; 3265 } 3266 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3267 } 3268 3269 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3270 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3271 ** that the file can be read. 3272 */ 3273 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3274 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3275 } 3276 3277 *pnPage = nPage; 3278 return SQLITE_OK; 3279 } 3280 3281 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3282 /* 3283 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3284 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3285 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3286 ** 3287 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3288 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3289 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3290 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3291 ** 3292 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3293 ** 3294 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3295 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3296 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3297 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3298 ** other connection. 3299 */ 3300 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3301 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3302 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3303 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3304 3305 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3306 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3307 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3308 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3309 ); 3310 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3311 if( isWal ){ 3312 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3313 3314 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3315 if( rc ) return rc; 3316 if( nPage==0 ){ 3317 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3318 }else{ 3319 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3320 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3321 } 3322 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3323 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3324 } 3325 } 3326 } 3327 return rc; 3328 } 3329 #endif 3330 3331 /* 3332 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3333 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3334 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3335 ** savepoint. 3336 ** 3337 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3338 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3339 ** performed in the order specified: 3340 ** 3341 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3342 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3343 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3344 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3345 ** 3346 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3347 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3348 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3349 ** 3350 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3351 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3352 ** the journal file. 3353 ** 3354 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3355 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3356 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3357 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3358 ** 3359 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3360 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3361 ** 3362 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3363 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3364 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3365 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3366 */ 3367 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3368 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3369 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3370 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3371 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3372 3373 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3374 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3375 3376 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3377 if( pSavepoint ){ 3378 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3379 if( !pDone ){ 3380 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3381 } 3382 } 3383 3384 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3385 ** being reverted was opened. 3386 */ 3387 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3388 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3389 3390 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3391 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3392 } 3393 3394 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3395 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3396 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3397 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3398 */ 3399 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3400 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3401 3402 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3403 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3404 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3405 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3406 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3407 ** are played back. 3408 */ 3409 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3410 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3411 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3412 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3413 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3414 } 3415 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3416 }else{ 3417 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3418 } 3419 3420 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3421 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3422 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3423 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3424 */ 3425 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3426 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3427 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3428 u32 dummy; 3429 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3430 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3431 3432 /* 3433 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3434 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3435 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3436 */ 3437 if( nJRec==0 3438 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3439 ){ 3440 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3441 } 3442 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3443 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3444 } 3445 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3446 } 3447 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3448 3449 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3450 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3451 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3452 */ 3453 if( pSavepoint ){ 3454 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3455 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3456 3457 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3458 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3459 } 3460 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3461 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3462 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3463 } 3464 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3465 } 3466 3467 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3468 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3469 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3470 } 3471 3472 return rc; 3473 } 3474 3475 /* 3476 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3477 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3478 */ 3479 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3480 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3481 } 3482 3483 /* 3484 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3485 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3486 */ 3487 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3488 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3489 } 3490 3491 /* 3492 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3493 */ 3494 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3495 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3496 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3497 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3498 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3499 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3500 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3501 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3502 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3503 } 3504 #endif 3505 } 3506 3507 /* 3508 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3509 */ 3510 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3511 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3512 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3513 } 3514 3515 /* 3516 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3517 */ 3518 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3519 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3520 } 3521 3522 /* 3523 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3524 ** 3525 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3526 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3527 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3528 ** There are four levels: 3529 ** 3530 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3531 ** for temporary and transient files. 3532 ** 3533 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3534 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3535 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3536 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3537 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3538 ** when it is rolled back. 3539 ** 3540 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3541 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3542 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3543 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3544 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3545 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3546 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3547 ** 3548 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3549 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3550 ** journal is unlinked. 3551 ** 3552 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3553 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3554 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3555 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3556 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3557 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3558 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3559 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3560 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3561 ** 3562 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3563 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3564 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3565 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3566 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3567 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3568 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3569 ** 3570 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3571 ** and FULL=3. 3572 */ 3573 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3574 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3575 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3576 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3577 ){ 3578 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3579 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3580 pPager->noSync = 1; 3581 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3582 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3583 }else{ 3584 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3585 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3586 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3587 } 3588 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3589 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3590 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3591 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3592 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3593 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3594 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3595 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3596 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3597 }else{ 3598 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3599 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3600 } 3601 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3602 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3603 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3604 } 3605 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3606 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3607 }else{ 3608 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3609 } 3610 } 3611 #endif 3612 3613 /* 3614 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3615 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3616 ** testing and analysis only. 3617 */ 3618 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3619 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3620 #endif 3621 3622 /* 3623 ** Open a temporary file. 3624 ** 3625 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3626 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3627 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3628 ** 3629 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3630 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3631 ** 3632 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3633 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3634 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3635 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3636 */ 3637 static int pagerOpentemp( 3638 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3639 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3640 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3641 ){ 3642 int rc; /* Return code */ 3643 3644 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3645 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3646 #endif 3647 3648 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3649 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3650 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3651 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3652 return rc; 3653 } 3654 3655 /* 3656 ** Set the busy handler function. 3657 ** 3658 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3659 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3660 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3661 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3662 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3663 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3664 ** 3665 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3666 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3667 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3668 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3669 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3670 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3671 ** 3672 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3673 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3674 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3675 */ 3676 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3677 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3678 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3679 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3680 ){ 3681 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3682 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3683 3684 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3685 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3686 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3687 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3688 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3689 } 3690 } 3691 3692 /* 3693 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3694 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3695 ** 3696 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3697 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3698 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3699 ** 3700 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3701 ** 3702 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3703 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3704 ** 3705 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3706 ** 3707 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3708 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3709 ** 3710 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3711 ** 3712 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3713 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3714 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3715 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3716 ** 3717 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3718 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3719 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3720 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3721 */ 3722 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3723 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3724 3725 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3726 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3727 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3728 ** 3729 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3730 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3731 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3732 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3733 */ 3734 3735 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3736 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3737 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3738 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3739 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3740 ){ 3741 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3742 i64 nByte = 0; 3743 3744 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3745 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3746 } 3747 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3748 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3749 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3750 } 3751 3752 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3753 pager_reset(pPager); 3754 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3755 } 3756 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3757 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3758 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3759 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3760 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3761 }else{ 3762 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3763 } 3764 } 3765 3766 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3767 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3768 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3769 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3770 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3771 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3772 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3773 } 3774 return rc; 3775 } 3776 3777 /* 3778 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3779 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3780 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3781 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3782 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3783 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3784 */ 3785 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3786 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3787 } 3788 3789 /* 3790 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3791 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3792 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3793 ** 3794 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3795 */ 3796 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3797 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3798 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3799 } 3800 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3801 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3802 return pPager->mxPgno; 3803 } 3804 3805 /* 3806 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3807 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3808 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3809 ** 3810 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3811 ** and generate no code. 3812 */ 3813 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3814 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3815 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3816 static int saved_cnt; 3817 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3818 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3819 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3820 } 3821 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3822 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3823 } 3824 #else 3825 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3826 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3827 #endif 3828 3829 /* 3830 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3831 ** that pDest points to. 3832 ** 3833 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3834 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3835 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3836 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3837 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3838 ** 3839 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3840 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3841 ** output buffer undefined. 3842 */ 3843 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3844 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3845 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3846 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3847 3848 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3849 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3850 ** to WAL mode yet. 3851 */ 3852 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3853 3854 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3855 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3856 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3857 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3858 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3859 } 3860 } 3861 return rc; 3862 } 3863 3864 /* 3865 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3866 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3867 ** 3868 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3869 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3870 */ 3871 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3872 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3873 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3874 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3875 } 3876 3877 3878 /* 3879 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3880 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3881 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3882 ** 3883 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3884 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3885 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3886 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3887 ** 3888 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3889 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3890 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3891 */ 3892 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3893 int rc; /* Return code */ 3894 3895 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3896 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3897 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3898 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3899 */ 3900 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3901 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3902 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3903 ); 3904 3905 do { 3906 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3907 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3908 return rc; 3909 } 3910 3911 /* 3912 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3913 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3914 ** 3915 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3916 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3917 ** 3918 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3919 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3920 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3921 ** 3922 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3923 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3924 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3925 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3926 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3927 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3928 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3929 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3930 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3931 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3932 */ 3933 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3934 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3935 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3936 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3937 } 3938 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3939 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3940 } 3941 #else 3942 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3943 #endif 3944 3945 /* 3946 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3947 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3948 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3949 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3950 ** 3951 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3952 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3953 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3954 ** then continue writing to the database. 3955 */ 3956 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3957 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3958 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3959 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3960 3961 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3962 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3963 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3964 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3965 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3966 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3967 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3968 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3969 ** is no longer correct. */ 3970 } 3971 3972 3973 /* 3974 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3975 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3976 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3977 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3978 ** 3979 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3980 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3981 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3982 ** content as this process. 3983 ** 3984 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3985 ** an SQLite error code. 3986 */ 3987 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3988 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3989 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3990 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3991 } 3992 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3993 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3994 } 3995 return rc; 3996 } 3997 3998 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3999 /* 4000 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 4001 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 4002 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 4003 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 4004 ** *ppPage to zero. 4005 ** 4006 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 4007 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 4008 */ 4009 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4010 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4011 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4012 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4013 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4014 ){ 4015 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4016 4017 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4018 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4019 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4020 p->pDirty = 0; 4021 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4022 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4023 }else{ 4024 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4025 if( p==0 ){ 4026 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4027 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4028 } 4029 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4030 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4031 p->nRef = 1; 4032 p->pPager = pPager; 4033 } 4034 4035 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4036 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4037 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4038 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4039 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4040 4041 p->pgno = pgno; 4042 p->pData = pData; 4043 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4044 4045 return SQLITE_OK; 4046 } 4047 #endif 4048 4049 /* 4050 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4051 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4052 */ 4053 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4054 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4055 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4056 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4057 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4058 4059 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4060 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4061 } 4062 4063 /* 4064 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4065 */ 4066 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4067 PgHdr *p; 4068 PgHdr *pNext; 4069 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4070 pNext = p->pDirty; 4071 sqlite3_free(p); 4072 } 4073 } 4074 4075 4076 /* 4077 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4078 ** 4079 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4080 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4081 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4082 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4083 ** result in a coredump. 4084 ** 4085 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4086 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4087 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4088 ** to the caller. 4089 */ 4090 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4091 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4092 4093 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4094 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4095 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4096 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4097 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4098 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4099 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4100 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4101 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4102 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, 4103 (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp) 4104 ); 4105 pPager->pWal = 0; 4106 #endif 4107 pager_reset(pPager); 4108 if( MEMDB ){ 4109 pager_unlock(pPager); 4110 }else{ 4111 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4112 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4113 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4114 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4115 ** 4116 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4117 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4118 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4119 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4120 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4121 */ 4122 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4123 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4124 } 4125 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4126 } 4127 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4128 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4129 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4130 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4131 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4132 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4133 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4134 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4135 4136 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4137 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4138 #endif 4139 4140 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4141 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4142 4143 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4144 return SQLITE_OK; 4145 } 4146 4147 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4148 /* 4149 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4150 */ 4151 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4152 return pPg->pgno; 4153 } 4154 #endif 4155 4156 /* 4157 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4158 */ 4159 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4160 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4161 } 4162 4163 /* 4164 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4165 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4166 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4167 ** 4168 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4169 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4170 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4171 ** 4172 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4173 ** be taken. 4174 ** 4175 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4176 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4177 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4178 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4179 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4180 ** 4181 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4182 ** journal file is synced. 4183 ** 4184 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4185 ** 4186 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4187 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4188 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4189 ** <update nRec field> 4190 ** } 4191 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4192 ** } 4193 ** 4194 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4195 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4196 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4197 */ 4198 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4199 int rc; /* Return code */ 4200 4201 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4202 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4203 ); 4204 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4205 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4206 4207 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4208 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4209 4210 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4211 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4212 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4213 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4214 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4215 4216 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4217 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4218 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4219 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4220 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4221 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4222 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4223 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4224 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4225 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4226 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4227 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4228 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4229 ** 4230 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4231 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4232 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4233 ** 4234 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4235 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4236 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4237 ** the potential journal header. 4238 */ 4239 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4240 u8 aMagic[8]; 4241 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4242 4243 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4244 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4245 4246 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4247 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4248 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4249 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4250 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4251 } 4252 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4253 return rc; 4254 } 4255 4256 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4257 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4258 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4259 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4260 ** 4261 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4262 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4263 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4264 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4265 ** and never needs to be updated. 4266 */ 4267 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4268 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4269 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4270 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4271 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4272 } 4273 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4274 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4275 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4276 ); 4277 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4278 } 4279 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4280 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4281 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4282 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4283 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4284 ); 4285 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4286 } 4287 4288 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4289 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4290 pPager->nRec = 0; 4291 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4292 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4293 } 4294 }else{ 4295 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4296 } 4297 } 4298 4299 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4300 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4301 ** all pages. 4302 */ 4303 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4304 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4305 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4306 return SQLITE_OK; 4307 } 4308 4309 /* 4310 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4311 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4312 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4313 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4314 ** a no-op. 4315 ** 4316 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4317 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4318 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4319 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4320 ** 4321 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4322 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4323 ** written out. 4324 ** 4325 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4326 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4327 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4328 ** 4329 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4330 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4331 ** 4332 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4333 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4334 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4335 ** the database file. 4336 ** 4337 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4338 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4339 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4340 */ 4341 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4342 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4343 4344 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4345 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4346 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4347 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4348 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4349 4350 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4351 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4352 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4353 */ 4354 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4355 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4356 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4357 } 4358 4359 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4360 ** file size will be. 4361 */ 4362 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4363 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4364 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4365 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4366 ){ 4367 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4368 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4369 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4370 } 4371 4372 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4373 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4374 4375 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4376 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4377 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4378 ** any such pages to the file. 4379 ** 4380 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4381 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4382 */ 4383 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4384 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4385 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4386 4387 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4388 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4389 4390 /* Encode the database */ 4391 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4392 4393 /* Write out the page data. */ 4394 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4395 4396 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4397 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4398 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4399 */ 4400 if( pgno==1 ){ 4401 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4402 } 4403 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4404 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4405 } 4406 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4407 4408 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4409 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4410 4411 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4412 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4413 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4414 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4415 }else{ 4416 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4417 } 4418 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4419 pList = pList->pDirty; 4420 } 4421 4422 return rc; 4423 } 4424 4425 /* 4426 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4427 ** function is a no-op. 4428 ** 4429 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4430 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4431 ** fails. 4432 */ 4433 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4434 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4435 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4436 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4437 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4438 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4439 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4440 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4441 nStmtSpill = -1; 4442 } 4443 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4444 } 4445 return rc; 4446 } 4447 4448 /* 4449 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4450 ** 4451 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4452 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4453 ** 4454 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4455 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4456 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4457 ** bitvec. 4458 */ 4459 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4460 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4461 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4462 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4463 4464 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4465 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4466 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4467 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4468 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4469 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4470 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4471 ); 4472 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4473 4474 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4475 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4476 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4477 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4478 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4479 char *pData2; 4480 4481 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4482 if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4483 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4484 }else 4485 #endif 4486 pData2 = pData; 4487 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4488 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4489 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4490 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4491 } 4492 } 4493 } 4494 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4495 pPager->nSubRec++; 4496 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4497 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4498 } 4499 return rc; 4500 } 4501 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4502 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4503 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4504 }else{ 4505 return SQLITE_OK; 4506 } 4507 } 4508 4509 /* 4510 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4511 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4512 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4513 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4514 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4515 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4516 ** argument. 4517 ** 4518 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4519 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4520 ** journal file. 4521 ** 4522 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4523 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4524 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4525 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4526 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4527 */ 4528 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4529 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4530 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4531 4532 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4533 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4534 4535 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4536 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4537 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4538 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4539 ** 4540 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4541 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4542 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4543 ** 4544 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4545 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4546 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4547 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4548 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4549 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4550 */ 4551 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4552 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4553 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4554 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4555 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4556 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4557 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4558 ){ 4559 return SQLITE_OK; 4560 } 4561 4562 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4563 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4564 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4565 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4566 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4567 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4568 } 4569 }else{ 4570 4571 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4572 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4573 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4574 ){ 4575 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4576 } 4577 4578 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4579 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4580 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4581 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4582 } 4583 } 4584 4585 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4586 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4587 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4588 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4589 } 4590 4591 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4592 } 4593 4594 /* 4595 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4596 */ 4597 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4598 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4599 if( !MEMDB ){ 4600 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4601 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4602 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4603 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4604 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4605 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4606 } 4607 pList = pNext; 4608 } 4609 } 4610 4611 return rc; 4612 } 4613 4614 /* 4615 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4616 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4617 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4618 ** 4619 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4620 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4621 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4622 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4623 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4624 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4625 ** 4626 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4627 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4628 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4629 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4630 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4631 ** 4632 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4633 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4634 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4635 ** 4636 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4637 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4638 ** 4639 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4640 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4641 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4642 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4643 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4644 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4645 */ 4646 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4647 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4648 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4649 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4650 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4651 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4652 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4653 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4654 ){ 4655 u8 *pPtr; 4656 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4657 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4658 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4659 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4660 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4661 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4662 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4663 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4664 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4665 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4666 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4667 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4668 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4669 4670 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4671 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4672 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4673 4674 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4675 *ppPager = 0; 4676 4677 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4678 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4679 memDb = 1; 4680 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4681 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4682 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4683 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4684 zFilename = 0; 4685 } 4686 } 4687 #endif 4688 4689 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4690 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4691 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4692 */ 4693 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4694 const char *z; 4695 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4696 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4697 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4698 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4699 } 4700 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4701 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4702 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4703 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4704 while( *z ){ 4705 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4706 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4707 } 4708 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4709 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4710 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4711 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4712 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4713 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4714 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4715 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4716 */ 4717 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4718 } 4719 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4720 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4721 return rc; 4722 } 4723 } 4724 4725 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4726 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4727 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4728 ** 4729 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4730 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4731 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4732 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4733 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4734 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4735 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4736 */ 4737 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4738 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4739 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4740 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4741 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4742 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4743 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4744 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4745 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4746 #endif 4747 ); 4748 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4749 if( !pPtr ){ 4750 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4751 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4752 } 4753 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4754 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4755 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4756 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4757 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4758 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4759 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4760 4761 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4762 if( zPathname ){ 4763 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4764 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4765 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4766 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4767 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4768 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4769 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4770 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4771 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4772 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4773 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4774 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4775 #endif 4776 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4777 } 4778 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4779 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4780 4781 /* Open the pager file. 4782 */ 4783 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4784 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4785 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4786 assert( !memDb ); 4787 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4788 4789 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4790 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4791 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4792 ** 4793 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4794 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4795 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4796 */ 4797 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4798 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4799 if( !readOnly ){ 4800 setSectorSize(pPager); 4801 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4802 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4803 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4804 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4805 }else{ 4806 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4807 } 4808 } 4809 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4810 { 4811 int ii; 4812 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4813 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4814 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4815 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4816 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4817 szPageDflt = ii; 4818 } 4819 } 4820 } 4821 #endif 4822 } 4823 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4824 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4825 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4826 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4827 goto act_like_temp_file; 4828 } 4829 } 4830 }else{ 4831 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4832 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4833 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4834 ** 4835 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4836 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4837 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4838 ** 4839 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4840 */ 4841 act_like_temp_file: 4842 tempFile = 1; 4843 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4844 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4845 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4846 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4847 } 4848 4849 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4850 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4851 */ 4852 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4853 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4854 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4855 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4856 } 4857 4858 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4859 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4860 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4861 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4862 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4863 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4864 } 4865 4866 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4867 */ 4868 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4869 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4870 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4871 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4872 return rc; 4873 } 4874 4875 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4876 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4877 4878 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4879 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4880 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4881 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4882 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4883 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4884 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4885 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4886 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4887 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4888 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4889 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4890 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4891 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4892 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4893 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4894 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4895 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4896 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4897 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4898 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4899 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4900 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4901 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4902 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4903 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4904 }else{ 4905 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4906 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4907 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4908 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4909 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4910 } 4911 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4912 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4913 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4914 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4915 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4916 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4917 setSectorSize(pPager); 4918 if( !useJournal ){ 4919 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4920 }else if( memDb ){ 4921 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4922 } 4923 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4924 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4925 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4926 setGetterMethod(pPager); 4927 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4928 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4929 4930 *ppPager = pPager; 4931 return SQLITE_OK; 4932 } 4933 4934 4935 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4936 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4937 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4938 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4939 */ 4940 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4941 int bHasMoved = 0; 4942 int rc; 4943 4944 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4945 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4946 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4947 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4948 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4949 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4950 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4951 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4952 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4953 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4954 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4955 } 4956 return rc; 4957 } 4958 4959 4960 /* 4961 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4962 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4963 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4964 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4965 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4966 ** 4967 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4968 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4969 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4970 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4971 ** 4972 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4973 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4974 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4975 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4976 ** is returned. 4977 ** 4978 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4979 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4980 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4981 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4982 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4983 ** will not roll it back. 4984 ** 4985 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4986 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4987 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4988 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4989 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4990 */ 4991 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4992 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4993 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4994 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4995 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4996 4997 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4998 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4999 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5000 5001 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5002 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5003 )); 5004 5005 *pExists = 0; 5006 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5007 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5008 } 5009 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5010 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5011 5012 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5013 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5014 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5015 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5016 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5017 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5018 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5019 */ 5020 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5021 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5022 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5023 5024 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5025 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5026 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5027 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5028 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5029 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5030 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5031 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5032 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5033 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5034 */ 5035 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5036 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5037 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5038 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5039 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5040 } 5041 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5042 }else{ 5043 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5044 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5045 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5046 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5047 ** it can be ignored. 5048 */ 5049 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5050 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5051 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5052 } 5053 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5054 u8 first = 0; 5055 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5056 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5057 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5058 } 5059 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5060 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5061 } 5062 *pExists = (first!=0); 5063 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5064 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5065 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5066 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5067 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5068 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5069 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5070 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5071 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5072 */ 5073 *pExists = 1; 5074 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5075 } 5076 } 5077 } 5078 } 5079 } 5080 5081 return rc; 5082 } 5083 5084 /* 5085 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5086 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5087 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5088 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5089 ** 5090 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5091 ** 5092 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5093 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5094 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5095 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5096 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5097 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5098 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5099 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5100 ** 5101 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5102 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5103 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5104 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5105 ** file. 5106 ** 5107 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5108 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5109 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5110 */ 5111 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5112 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5113 5114 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5115 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5116 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5117 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5118 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5119 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5120 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5121 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5122 5123 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5124 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5125 5126 assert( !MEMDB ); 5127 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5128 5129 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5130 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5131 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5132 goto failed; 5133 } 5134 5135 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5136 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5137 */ 5138 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5139 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5140 } 5141 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5142 goto failed; 5143 } 5144 if( bHotJournal ){ 5145 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5146 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5147 goto failed; 5148 } 5149 5150 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5151 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5152 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5153 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5154 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5155 ** hot-journal back. 5156 ** 5157 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5158 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5159 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5160 ** on the database file. 5161 ** 5162 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5163 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5164 */ 5165 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5166 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5167 goto failed; 5168 } 5169 5170 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5171 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5172 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5173 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5174 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5175 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5176 ** 5177 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5178 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5179 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5180 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5181 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5182 */ 5183 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5184 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5185 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5186 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5187 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5188 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5189 int fout = 0; 5190 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5191 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5192 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5193 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5194 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5195 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5196 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5197 } 5198 } 5199 } 5200 5201 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5202 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5203 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5204 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5205 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5206 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5207 ** the journal before playing it back. 5208 */ 5209 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5210 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5211 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5212 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5213 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5214 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5215 } 5216 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5217 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5218 } 5219 5220 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5221 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5222 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5223 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5224 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5225 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5226 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5227 ** 5228 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5229 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5230 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5231 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5232 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5233 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5234 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5235 ** references. 5236 */ 5237 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5238 goto failed; 5239 } 5240 5241 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5242 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5243 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5244 ); 5245 } 5246 5247 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5248 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5249 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5250 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5251 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5252 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5253 ** 5254 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5255 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5256 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5257 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5258 ** a codec is in use. 5259 ** 5260 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5261 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5262 ** it can be neglected. 5263 */ 5264 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5265 5266 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5267 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5268 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5269 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5270 goto failed; 5271 } 5272 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5273 } 5274 5275 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5276 pager_reset(pPager); 5277 5278 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5279 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5280 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5281 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5282 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5283 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5284 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5285 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5286 } 5287 } 5288 } 5289 5290 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5291 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5292 */ 5293 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5294 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5295 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5296 #endif 5297 } 5298 5299 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5300 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5301 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5302 } 5303 5304 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5305 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5306 } 5307 5308 failed: 5309 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5310 assert( !MEMDB ); 5311 pager_unlock(pPager); 5312 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5313 }else{ 5314 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5315 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5316 } 5317 return rc; 5318 } 5319 5320 /* 5321 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5322 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5323 ** 5324 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5325 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5326 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5327 */ 5328 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5329 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5330 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5331 } 5332 } 5333 5334 /* 5335 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5336 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5337 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5338 ** 5339 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5340 ** on the current state of the pager. 5341 ** 5342 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5343 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5344 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5345 ** 5346 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5347 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5348 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5349 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5350 ** object with no outstanding references. 5351 ** 5352 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5353 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5354 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5355 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5356 ** 5357 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5358 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5359 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5360 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5361 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5362 ** 5363 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5364 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5365 ** 5366 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5367 ** 5368 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5369 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5370 ** from the savepoint journal. 5371 ** 5372 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5373 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5374 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5375 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5376 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5377 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5378 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5379 ** 5380 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5381 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5382 ** 5383 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5384 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5385 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5386 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5387 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5388 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5389 ** or journal files. 5390 */ 5391 static int getPageNormal( 5392 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5393 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5394 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5395 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5396 ){ 5397 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5398 PgHdr *pPg; 5399 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5400 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5401 5402 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5403 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5404 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5405 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5406 5407 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5408 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5409 if( pBase==0 ){ 5410 pPg = 0; 5411 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5412 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5413 if( pBase==0 ){ 5414 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5415 goto pager_acquire_err; 5416 } 5417 } 5418 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5419 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5420 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5421 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5422 5423 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5424 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5425 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5426 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5427 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5428 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5429 return SQLITE_OK; 5430 5431 }else{ 5432 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5433 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5434 ** 5435 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5436 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5437 */ 5438 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5439 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5440 goto pager_acquire_err; 5441 } 5442 5443 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5444 5445 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5446 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5447 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5448 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5449 goto pager_acquire_err; 5450 } 5451 if( noContent ){ 5452 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5453 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5454 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5455 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5456 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5457 */ 5458 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5459 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5460 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5461 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5462 } 5463 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5464 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5465 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5466 } 5467 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5468 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5469 }else{ 5470 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5471 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5472 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5473 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5474 } 5475 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5476 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5477 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5478 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5479 goto pager_acquire_err; 5480 } 5481 } 5482 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5483 } 5484 return SQLITE_OK; 5485 5486 pager_acquire_err: 5487 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5488 if( pPg ){ 5489 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5490 } 5491 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5492 *ppPage = 0; 5493 return rc; 5494 } 5495 5496 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5497 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5498 static int getPageMMap( 5499 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5500 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5501 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5502 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5503 ){ 5504 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5505 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5506 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5507 5508 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5509 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5510 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5511 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5512 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5513 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5514 ); 5515 5516 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5517 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5518 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5519 #endif 5520 5521 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5522 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5523 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5524 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5525 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5526 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5527 } 5528 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5529 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5530 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5531 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5532 5533 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5534 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5535 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5536 *ppPage = 0; 5537 return rc; 5538 } 5539 } 5540 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5541 void *pData = 0; 5542 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5543 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5544 ); 5545 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5546 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5547 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5548 } 5549 if( pPg==0 ){ 5550 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5551 }else{ 5552 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5553 } 5554 if( pPg ){ 5555 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5556 *ppPage = pPg; 5557 return SQLITE_OK; 5558 } 5559 } 5560 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5561 *ppPage = 0; 5562 return rc; 5563 } 5564 } 5565 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5566 } 5567 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5568 5569 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5570 static int getPageError( 5571 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5572 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5573 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5574 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5575 ){ 5576 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5577 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5578 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5579 *ppPage = 0; 5580 return pPager->errCode; 5581 } 5582 5583 5584 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5585 */ 5586 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5587 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5588 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5589 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5590 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5591 ){ 5592 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5593 } 5594 5595 /* 5596 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5597 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5598 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5599 ** 5600 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5601 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5602 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5603 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5604 ** has ever happened. 5605 */ 5606 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5607 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5608 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5609 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5610 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5611 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5612 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5613 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5614 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5615 } 5616 5617 /* 5618 ** Release a page reference. 5619 ** 5620 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5621 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5622 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5623 ** removed. 5624 */ 5625 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5626 Pager *pPager; 5627 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5628 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5629 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5630 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5631 }else{ 5632 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5633 } 5634 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5635 } 5636 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5637 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5638 } 5639 5640 /* 5641 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5642 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5643 ** file when this routine is called. 5644 ** 5645 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5646 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5647 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5648 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5649 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5650 ** 5651 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5652 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5653 ** already open file. 5654 ** 5655 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5656 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5657 ** 5658 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5659 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5660 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5661 */ 5662 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5663 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5664 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5665 5666 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5667 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5668 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5669 5670 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5671 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5672 ** an error state. */ 5673 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5674 5675 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5676 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5677 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5678 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5679 } 5680 5681 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5682 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5683 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5684 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5685 }else{ 5686 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5687 int nSpill; 5688 5689 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5690 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5691 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5692 }else{ 5693 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5694 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5695 } 5696 5697 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5698 ** it was originally opened. */ 5699 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5700 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5701 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5702 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5703 ); 5704 } 5705 } 5706 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5707 } 5708 5709 5710 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5711 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5712 */ 5713 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5714 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5715 pPager->nRec = 0; 5716 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5717 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5718 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5719 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5720 } 5721 } 5722 5723 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5724 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5725 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5726 }else{ 5727 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5728 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5729 } 5730 5731 return rc; 5732 } 5733 5734 /* 5735 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5736 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5737 ** 5738 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5739 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5740 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5741 ** functions need be called. 5742 ** 5743 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5744 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5745 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5746 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5747 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5748 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5749 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5750 */ 5751 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5752 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5753 5754 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5755 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5756 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5757 5758 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5759 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5760 5761 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5762 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5763 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5764 */ 5765 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5766 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5767 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5768 return rc; 5769 } 5770 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5771 } 5772 5773 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5774 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5775 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5776 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5777 */ 5778 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5779 }else{ 5780 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5781 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5782 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5783 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5784 */ 5785 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5786 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5787 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5788 } 5789 } 5790 5791 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5792 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5793 ** 5794 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5795 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5796 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5797 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5798 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5799 ** WAL mode. 5800 */ 5801 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5802 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5803 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5804 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5805 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5806 } 5807 5808 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5809 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5810 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5811 } 5812 5813 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5814 return rc; 5815 } 5816 5817 /* 5818 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5819 */ 5820 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5821 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5822 int rc; 5823 u32 cksum; 5824 char *pData2; 5825 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5826 5827 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5828 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5829 ** that we do not. */ 5830 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5831 5832 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5833 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5834 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5835 5836 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5837 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5838 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5839 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5840 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5841 ** then corruption may follow. 5842 */ 5843 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5844 5845 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5846 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5847 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5848 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5849 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5850 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5851 5852 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5853 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5854 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5855 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5856 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5857 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5858 5859 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5860 pPager->nRec++; 5861 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5862 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5863 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5864 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5865 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5866 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5867 return rc; 5868 } 5869 5870 /* 5871 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5872 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5873 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5874 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5875 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5876 */ 5877 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5878 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5879 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5880 5881 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5882 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5883 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5884 */ 5885 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5886 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5887 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5888 ); 5889 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5890 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5891 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5892 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5893 5894 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5895 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5896 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5897 ** 5898 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5899 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5900 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5901 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5902 */ 5903 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5904 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5905 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5906 } 5907 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5908 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5909 5910 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5911 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5912 5913 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5914 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5915 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5916 */ 5917 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5918 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5919 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5920 ){ 5921 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5922 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5923 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5924 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5925 return rc; 5926 } 5927 }else{ 5928 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5929 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5930 } 5931 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5932 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5933 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5934 } 5935 } 5936 5937 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5938 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5939 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5940 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5941 */ 5942 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5943 5944 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5945 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5946 */ 5947 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5948 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5949 } 5950 5951 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5952 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5953 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5954 } 5955 return rc; 5956 } 5957 5958 /* 5959 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5960 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5961 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5962 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5963 ** a write. 5964 ** 5965 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5966 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5967 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5968 */ 5969 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5970 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5971 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5972 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5973 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5974 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5975 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5976 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5977 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5978 5979 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5980 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5981 ** this function. 5982 */ 5983 assert( !MEMDB ); 5984 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5985 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5986 5987 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5988 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5989 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5990 */ 5991 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5992 5993 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5994 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5995 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5996 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5997 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5998 }else{ 5999 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6000 } 6001 assert(nPage>0); 6002 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6003 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6004 6005 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6006 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6007 PgHdr *pPage; 6008 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6009 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6010 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6011 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6012 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6013 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6014 needSync = 1; 6015 } 6016 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6017 } 6018 } 6019 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6020 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6021 needSync = 1; 6022 } 6023 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6024 } 6025 } 6026 6027 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6028 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6029 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6030 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6031 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6032 */ 6033 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6034 assert( !MEMDB ); 6035 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6036 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6037 if( pPage ){ 6038 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6039 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6040 } 6041 } 6042 } 6043 6044 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6045 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6046 return rc; 6047 } 6048 6049 /* 6050 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6051 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6052 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6053 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6054 ** 6055 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6056 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6057 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6058 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6059 ** 6060 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6061 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6062 */ 6063 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6064 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6065 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6066 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6067 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6068 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6069 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6070 return SQLITE_OK; 6071 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6072 return pPager->errCode; 6073 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6074 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6075 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6076 }else{ 6077 return pager_write(pPg); 6078 } 6079 } 6080 6081 /* 6082 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6083 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6084 ** to change the content of the page. 6085 */ 6086 #ifndef NDEBUG 6087 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6088 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6089 } 6090 #endif 6091 6092 /* 6093 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6094 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6095 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6096 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6097 ** content no longer matters. 6098 ** 6099 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6100 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6101 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6102 ** 6103 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6104 ** DELETE operations. 6105 ** 6106 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6107 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6108 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6109 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6110 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6111 */ 6112 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6113 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6114 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6115 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6116 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6117 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6118 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6119 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6120 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6121 } 6122 } 6123 6124 /* 6125 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6126 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6127 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6128 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6129 ** 6130 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6131 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6132 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6133 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6134 ** 6135 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6136 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6137 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6138 ** transaction is committed. 6139 ** 6140 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6141 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6142 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6143 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6144 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6145 */ 6146 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6147 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6148 6149 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6150 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6151 ); 6152 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6153 6154 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6155 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6156 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6157 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6158 ** 6159 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6160 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6161 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6162 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6163 */ 6164 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6165 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6166 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6167 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6168 #else 6169 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6170 #endif 6171 6172 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6173 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6174 6175 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6176 6177 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6178 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6179 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6180 6181 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6182 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6183 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6184 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6185 */ 6186 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6187 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6188 } 6189 6190 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6191 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6192 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6193 6194 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6195 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6196 const void *zBuf; 6197 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6198 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6199 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6200 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6201 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6202 } 6203 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6204 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6205 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6206 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6207 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6208 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6209 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6210 } 6211 }else{ 6212 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6213 } 6214 } 6215 6216 /* Release the page reference. */ 6217 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6218 } 6219 return rc; 6220 } 6221 6222 /* 6223 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6224 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6225 ** 6226 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6227 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6228 */ 6229 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6230 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6231 6232 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6233 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6234 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6235 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6236 } 6237 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6238 assert( !MEMDB ); 6239 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6240 } 6241 return rc; 6242 } 6243 6244 /* 6245 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6246 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6247 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6248 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6249 ** 6250 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6251 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6252 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6253 ** returned. 6254 */ 6255 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6256 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6257 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6258 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6259 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6260 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6261 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6262 ); 6263 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6264 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6265 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6266 } 6267 } 6268 return rc; 6269 } 6270 6271 /* 6272 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6273 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6274 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6275 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6276 ** 6277 ** This routine ensures that: 6278 ** 6279 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6280 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6281 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6282 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6283 ** * the database file synced. 6284 ** 6285 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6286 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6287 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6288 ** 6289 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6290 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6291 ** 6292 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6293 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6294 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6295 ** journal file in this case. 6296 */ 6297 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6298 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6299 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6300 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6301 ){ 6302 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6303 6304 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6305 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6306 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6307 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6308 ); 6309 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6310 6311 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6312 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6313 6314 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6315 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6316 6317 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6318 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6319 6320 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6321 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6322 6323 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6324 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6325 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6326 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6327 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6328 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6329 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6330 }else{ 6331 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6332 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6333 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6334 if( pList==0 ){ 6335 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6336 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6337 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6338 pList = pPageOne; 6339 pList->pDirty = 0; 6340 } 6341 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6342 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6343 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6344 } 6345 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6346 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6347 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6348 } 6349 }else{ 6350 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6351 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6352 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6353 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6354 ** 6355 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6356 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6357 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6358 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6359 ** 6360 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6361 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6362 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6363 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6364 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6365 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6366 ** mode. 6367 ** 6368 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6369 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6370 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6371 ** created for this transaction. 6372 */ 6373 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6374 PgHdr *pPg; 6375 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6376 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6377 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6378 ); 6379 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6380 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6381 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6382 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6383 ){ 6384 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6385 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6386 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6387 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6388 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6389 */ 6390 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6391 }else{ 6392 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6393 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6394 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6395 } 6396 } 6397 #else 6398 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6399 #endif 6400 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6401 6402 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6403 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6404 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6405 */ 6406 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6407 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6408 6409 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6410 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6411 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6412 ** 6413 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6414 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6415 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6416 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6417 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6418 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6419 */ 6420 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6421 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6422 6423 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6424 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6425 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6426 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6427 } 6428 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6429 6430 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6431 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6432 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6433 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6434 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6435 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6436 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6437 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6438 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6439 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6440 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6441 } 6442 6443 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6444 if( !noSync ){ 6445 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6446 } 6447 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6448 } 6449 } 6450 6451 commit_phase_one_exit: 6452 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6453 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6454 } 6455 return rc; 6456 } 6457 6458 6459 /* 6460 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6461 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6462 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6463 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6464 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6465 ** 6466 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6467 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6468 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6469 ** irrevocably committed. 6470 ** 6471 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6472 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6473 */ 6474 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6475 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6476 6477 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6478 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6479 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6480 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6481 6482 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6483 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6484 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6485 ); 6486 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6487 6488 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6489 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6490 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6491 ** 6492 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6493 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6494 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6495 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6496 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6497 ** to drop any locks either. 6498 */ 6499 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6500 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6501 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6502 ){ 6503 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6504 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6505 return SQLITE_OK; 6506 } 6507 6508 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6509 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6510 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6511 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6512 } 6513 6514 /* 6515 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6516 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6517 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6518 ** state if an error occurs. 6519 ** 6520 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6521 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6522 ** 6523 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6524 ** 6525 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6526 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6527 ** was opened, and 6528 ** 6529 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6530 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6531 ** 6532 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6533 ** rollback is successful. 6534 ** 6535 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6536 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6537 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6538 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6539 */ 6540 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6541 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6542 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6543 6544 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6545 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6546 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6547 */ 6548 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6549 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6550 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6551 6552 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6553 int rc2; 6554 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6555 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6556 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6557 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6558 int eState = pPager->eState; 6559 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6560 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6561 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6562 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6563 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6564 */ 6565 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6566 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6567 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6568 return rc; 6569 } 6570 }else{ 6571 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6572 } 6573 6574 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6575 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6576 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6577 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6578 ); 6579 6580 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6581 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6582 */ 6583 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6584 } 6585 6586 /* 6587 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6588 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6589 */ 6590 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6591 return pPager->readOnly; 6592 } 6593 6594 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6595 /* 6596 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6597 */ 6598 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6599 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6600 } 6601 #endif 6602 6603 /* 6604 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6605 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6606 */ 6607 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6608 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6609 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6610 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6611 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6612 + pPager->pageSize; 6613 } 6614 6615 /* 6616 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6617 */ 6618 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6619 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6620 } 6621 6622 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6623 /* 6624 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6625 */ 6626 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6627 static int a[11]; 6628 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6629 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6630 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6631 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6632 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6633 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6634 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6635 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6636 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6637 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6638 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6639 return a; 6640 } 6641 #endif 6642 6643 /* 6644 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6645 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6646 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6647 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6648 ** returning. 6649 */ 6650 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6651 6652 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6653 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6654 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6655 ); 6656 6657 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6658 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6659 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6660 6661 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6662 if( reset ){ 6663 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6664 } 6665 } 6666 6667 /* 6668 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6669 */ 6670 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6671 return pPager->tempFile; 6672 } 6673 6674 /* 6675 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6676 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6677 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6678 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6679 ** 6680 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6681 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6682 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6683 */ 6684 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6685 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6686 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6687 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6688 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6689 6690 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6691 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6692 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6693 6694 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6695 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6696 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6697 */ 6698 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6699 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6700 ); 6701 if( !aNew ){ 6702 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6703 } 6704 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6705 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6706 6707 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6708 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6709 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6710 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6711 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6712 }else{ 6713 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6714 } 6715 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6716 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6717 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6718 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6719 } 6720 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6721 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6722 } 6723 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6724 } 6725 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6726 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6727 return rc; 6728 } 6729 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6730 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6731 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6732 6733 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6734 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6735 }else{ 6736 return SQLITE_OK; 6737 } 6738 } 6739 6740 6741 /* 6742 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6743 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6744 ** created savepoint. 6745 ** 6746 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6747 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6748 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6749 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6750 ** 6751 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6752 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6753 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6754 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6755 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6756 ** 6757 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6758 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6759 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6760 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6761 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6762 ** 6763 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6764 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6765 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6766 ** 6767 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6768 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6769 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6770 */ 6771 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6772 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6773 6774 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6775 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6776 #endif 6777 6778 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6779 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6780 6781 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6782 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6783 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6784 6785 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6786 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6787 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6788 */ 6789 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6790 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6791 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6792 } 6793 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6794 6795 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6796 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6797 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6798 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6799 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6800 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6801 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6802 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6803 } 6804 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6805 } 6806 } 6807 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6808 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6809 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6810 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6811 */ 6812 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6813 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6814 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6815 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6816 } 6817 6818 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6819 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6820 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6821 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6822 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6823 else if( 6824 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6825 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6826 ){ 6827 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6828 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6829 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6830 } 6831 #endif 6832 } 6833 6834 return rc; 6835 } 6836 6837 /* 6838 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6839 ** 6840 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6841 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6842 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6843 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6844 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6845 ** participate in shared-cache. 6846 */ 6847 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6848 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6849 } 6850 6851 /* 6852 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6853 */ 6854 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6855 return pPager->pVfs; 6856 } 6857 6858 /* 6859 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6860 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6861 ** not yet been opened. 6862 */ 6863 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6864 return pPager->fd; 6865 } 6866 6867 /* 6868 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6869 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6870 */ 6871 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6872 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6873 return pPager->jfd; 6874 #else 6875 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6876 #endif 6877 } 6878 6879 /* 6880 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6881 */ 6882 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6883 return pPager->zJournal; 6884 } 6885 6886 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6887 /* 6888 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6889 */ 6890 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6891 Pager *pPager, 6892 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6893 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6894 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6895 void *pCodec 6896 ){ 6897 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6898 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6899 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6900 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6901 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6902 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6903 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6904 } 6905 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6906 return pPager->pCodec; 6907 } 6908 6909 /* 6910 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6911 ** into the log file. 6912 ** 6913 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6914 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6915 */ 6916 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6917 void *aData = 0; 6918 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6919 return aData; 6920 } 6921 6922 /* 6923 ** Return the current pager state 6924 */ 6925 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6926 return pPager->eState; 6927 } 6928 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6929 6930 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6931 /* 6932 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6933 ** 6934 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6935 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6936 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6937 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6938 ** 6939 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6940 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6941 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6942 ** 6943 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6944 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6945 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6946 ** transaction is active). 6947 ** 6948 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6949 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6950 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6951 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6952 ** 6953 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6954 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6955 */ 6956 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6957 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6958 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6959 int rc; /* Return code */ 6960 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6961 6962 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6963 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6964 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6965 ); 6966 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6967 6968 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6969 ** the page we are moving from. 6970 */ 6971 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 6972 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 6973 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6974 if( rc ) return rc; 6975 } 6976 6977 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6978 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6979 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6980 ** 6981 ** BEGIN; 6982 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6983 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6984 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6985 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6986 ** 6987 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6988 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6989 ** statement were is processed. 6990 ** 6991 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6992 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6993 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6994 */ 6995 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 6996 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 6997 ){ 6998 return rc; 6999 } 7000 7001 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7002 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7003 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7004 7005 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7006 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7007 ** 7008 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7009 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7010 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7011 */ 7012 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7013 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7014 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7015 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7016 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7017 } 7018 7019 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7020 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7021 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7022 ** for the page moved there. 7023 */ 7024 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7025 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7026 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 7027 if( pPgOld ){ 7028 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7029 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7030 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7031 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7032 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7033 }else{ 7034 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7035 } 7036 } 7037 7038 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7039 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7040 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7041 7042 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7043 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7044 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7045 */ 7046 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7047 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7048 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7049 } 7050 7051 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7052 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7053 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7054 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7055 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7056 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7057 ** flag. 7058 ** 7059 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7060 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7061 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7062 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7063 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7064 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7065 */ 7066 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7067 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7068 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7069 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7070 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7071 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7072 } 7073 return rc; 7074 } 7075 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7076 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7077 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7078 } 7079 7080 return SQLITE_OK; 7081 } 7082 #endif 7083 7084 /* 7085 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7086 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7087 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7088 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7089 */ 7090 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7091 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7092 pPg->flags = flags; 7093 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7094 } 7095 7096 /* 7097 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7098 */ 7099 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7100 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7101 return pPg->pData; 7102 } 7103 7104 /* 7105 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7106 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7107 */ 7108 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7109 return pPg->pExtra; 7110 } 7111 7112 /* 7113 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7114 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7115 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7116 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7117 ** 7118 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7119 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7120 ** locking-mode. 7121 */ 7122 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7123 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7124 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7125 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7126 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7127 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7128 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7129 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7130 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7131 } 7132 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7133 } 7134 7135 /* 7136 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7137 ** 7138 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7139 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7140 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7141 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7142 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7143 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7144 ** 7145 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7146 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7147 ** 7148 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7149 ** or _MEMORY. 7150 ** 7151 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7152 ** 7153 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7154 */ 7155 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7156 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7157 7158 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7159 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7160 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7161 print_pager_state(pPager); 7162 #endif 7163 7164 7165 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7166 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7167 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7168 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7169 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7170 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7171 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7172 7173 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7174 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7175 ** to WAL mode. 7176 */ 7177 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7178 7179 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7180 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7181 */ 7182 if( MEMDB ){ 7183 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7184 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7185 eMode = eOld; 7186 } 7187 } 7188 7189 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7190 7191 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7192 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7193 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7194 7195 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7196 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7197 ** delete the journal file. 7198 */ 7199 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7200 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7201 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7202 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7203 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7204 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7205 7206 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7207 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7208 7209 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7210 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7211 ** here is an optimization only. 7212 ** 7213 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7214 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7215 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7216 */ 7217 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7218 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7219 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7220 }else{ 7221 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7222 int state = pPager->eState; 7223 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7224 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7225 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7226 } 7227 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7228 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7229 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7230 } 7231 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7232 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7233 } 7234 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7235 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7236 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7237 pager_unlock(pPager); 7238 } 7239 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7240 } 7241 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7242 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7243 } 7244 } 7245 7246 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7247 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7248 } 7249 7250 /* 7251 ** Return the current journal mode. 7252 */ 7253 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7254 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7255 } 7256 7257 /* 7258 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7259 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7260 ** is unmodified. 7261 */ 7262 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7263 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7264 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7265 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7266 return 1; 7267 } 7268 7269 /* 7270 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7271 ** 7272 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7273 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7274 */ 7275 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7276 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7277 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7278 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7279 } 7280 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7281 } 7282 7283 /* 7284 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7285 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7286 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7287 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7288 */ 7289 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7290 return &pPager->pBackup; 7291 } 7292 7293 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7294 /* 7295 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7296 */ 7297 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7298 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7299 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7300 } 7301 #endif 7302 7303 7304 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7305 /* 7306 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7307 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7308 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7309 ** 7310 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7311 */ 7312 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7313 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7314 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7315 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7316 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7317 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7318 ){ 7319 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7320 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7321 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7322 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7323 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7324 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7325 pnLog, pnCkpt 7326 ); 7327 } 7328 return rc; 7329 } 7330 7331 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7332 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7333 } 7334 7335 /* 7336 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7337 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7338 */ 7339 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7340 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7341 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7342 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7343 } 7344 7345 /* 7346 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7347 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7348 */ 7349 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7350 int rc; /* Return code */ 7351 7352 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7353 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7354 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7355 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7356 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7357 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7358 } 7359 7360 return rc; 7361 } 7362 7363 /* 7364 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7365 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7366 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7367 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7368 */ 7369 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7370 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7371 7372 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7373 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7374 7375 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7376 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7377 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7378 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7379 */ 7380 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7381 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7382 } 7383 7384 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7385 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7386 */ 7387 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7388 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7389 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7390 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7391 ); 7392 } 7393 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7394 7395 return rc; 7396 } 7397 7398 7399 /* 7400 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7401 ** this function. 7402 ** 7403 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7404 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7405 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7406 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7407 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7408 ** not modified in either case. 7409 ** 7410 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7411 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7412 ** without doing anything. 7413 */ 7414 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7415 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7416 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7417 ){ 7418 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7419 7420 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7421 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7422 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7423 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7424 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7425 7426 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7427 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7428 7429 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7430 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7431 7432 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7433 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7434 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7435 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7436 } 7437 }else{ 7438 *pbOpen = 1; 7439 } 7440 7441 return rc; 7442 } 7443 7444 /* 7445 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7446 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7447 ** 7448 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7449 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7450 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7451 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7452 */ 7453 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7454 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7455 7456 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7457 7458 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7459 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7460 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7461 */ 7462 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7463 int logexists = 0; 7464 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7465 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7466 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7467 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7468 ); 7469 } 7470 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7471 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7472 } 7473 } 7474 7475 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7476 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7477 */ 7478 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7479 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7480 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7481 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7482 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7483 pPager->pWal = 0; 7484 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7485 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7486 } 7487 } 7488 return rc; 7489 } 7490 7491 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7492 /* 7493 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7494 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7495 */ 7496 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7497 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7498 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7499 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7500 } 7501 return rc; 7502 } 7503 7504 /* 7505 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7506 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7507 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7508 */ 7509 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7510 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7511 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7512 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7513 }else{ 7514 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7515 } 7516 return rc; 7517 } 7518 7519 /* 7520 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7521 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7522 */ 7523 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7524 int rc; 7525 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7526 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7527 }else{ 7528 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7529 } 7530 return rc; 7531 } 7532 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7533 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7534 7535 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7536 /* 7537 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7538 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7539 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7540 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7541 ** is empty, return 0. 7542 */ 7543 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7544 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7545 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7546 } 7547 #endif 7548 7549 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7550